1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || shstrtabsize
> bfd_get_file_size (abfd
)
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
343 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
348 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
353 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
354 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
355 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
356 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
357 the section is zero. */
358 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
362 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
364 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
366 /* xgettext:c-format */
367 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
368 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
369 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
371 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
375 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
378 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
379 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
380 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
381 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
382 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
383 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
384 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
387 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
388 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
395 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
397 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
398 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
399 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
400 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
408 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
414 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
416 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
418 elf_section_list
* entry
;
419 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
421 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
422 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
425 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
428 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
430 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
435 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
437 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
438 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
439 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
440 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
441 the index table will not be needed. */
445 /* Read the symbols. */
447 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
449 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
450 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
451 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
471 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
472 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
474 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
475 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
476 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
478 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
479 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
480 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
487 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
489 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
490 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
491 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
492 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
496 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
497 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
498 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
499 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
501 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
502 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
504 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
505 /* xgettext:c-format */
506 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
507 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
508 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
509 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
516 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
518 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
519 free (alloc_extshndx
);
524 /* Look up a symbol name. */
526 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
527 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
528 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
532 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
533 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
535 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
536 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
537 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
539 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
540 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
543 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
546 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
547 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
552 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
553 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
556 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
559 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
561 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
562 signature just a string? */
565 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
567 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
568 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
569 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
570 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
572 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
573 that it is a symbol table section. */
574 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
576 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
577 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
578 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
581 /* Go read the symbol. */
582 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
583 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
584 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
587 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
590 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
593 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
595 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
597 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
598 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
601 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
603 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
604 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
605 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
608 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
609 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
610 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
611 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
612 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
614 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
618 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
624 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
630 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
631 so we can find them quickly. */
634 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
635 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
636 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
637 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
639 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0,
640 num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
643 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
647 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
650 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
652 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
654 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
657 /* Add to list of sections. */
658 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
661 /* Read the raw contents. */
662 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
663 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
664 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
665 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
666 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
667 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
670 /* xgettext:c-format */
671 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
672 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
673 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
679 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
681 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
682 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
686 /* xgettext:c-format */
687 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
688 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
689 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
690 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
692 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
693 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
694 contents to be used. */
695 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
699 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
700 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
701 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
703 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
704 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
712 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
713 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
716 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
717 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
718 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
723 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
724 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
725 section group should be marked with
726 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
727 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
729 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
732 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
735 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
743 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
744 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
746 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
748 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
754 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
755 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
761 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
763 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
766 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
768 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
769 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
772 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
778 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
779 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
781 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
782 /* xgettext:c-format */
783 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
784 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
786 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
789 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
791 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
792 section is a member. */
794 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
798 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
799 other members to see if any others are linked via
801 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
802 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
804 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
805 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
806 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
810 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
811 insert current section in circular list. */
812 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
813 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
814 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
820 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
823 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
825 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
826 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
829 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
831 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
832 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
841 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
843 /* xgettext:c-format */
844 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
852 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
855 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
856 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
859 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
860 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
863 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
865 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
866 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
867 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
868 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
871 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
872 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
873 bed
->link_order_error_handler
874 /* xgettext:c-format */
875 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
880 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
882 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
884 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
885 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
889 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
890 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
894 /* xgettext:c-format */
895 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
896 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
900 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
903 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
904 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
907 /* xgettext:c-format */
908 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
909 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
914 /* Process section groups. */
915 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
918 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
920 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
921 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
924 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
925 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
928 /* xgettext:c-format */
929 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
935 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
936 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
942 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
944 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
945 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
946 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
947 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
949 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
951 /* xgettext:c-format */
952 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
955 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
956 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
969 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
971 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
975 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
977 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
978 return elf_group_name (sec
);
983 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
985 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
986 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
991 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
996 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
998 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
999 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1000 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1003 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1007 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
1011 int16_t major_version
;
1012 int16_t minor_version
;
1013 unsigned char slim_object
;
1015 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1019 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1020 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1023 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1024 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1030 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1032 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1035 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1036 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1039 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1040 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1041 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1043 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1044 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1045 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1047 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1049 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1050 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1051 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1054 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1055 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1056 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1062 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1065 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1066 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1067 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1069 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1071 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1074 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1077 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1078 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1079 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1081 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1082 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1083 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1084 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1086 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1088 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1089 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1093 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1094 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1095 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1099 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1101 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1102 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1103 if (name
[0] == '.')
1108 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1109 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1110 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1111 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1112 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1113 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1115 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1117 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1118 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1121 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1122 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1124 /* DWARF debug sections and ELF notes are organized in octets. */
1125 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0 ||
1126 strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0 ||
1127 strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0 ||
1128 strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1130 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1135 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1136 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1137 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1138 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1139 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1140 all but one of the sections. */
1141 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1142 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1143 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1145 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1146 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1147 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1150 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1153 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1154 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1155 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1156 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1160 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1163 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1164 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1168 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1170 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1171 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1173 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1174 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1175 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1176 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1177 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1178 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1179 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1181 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1183 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1186 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1187 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1189 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1190 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1191 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1192 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1194 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1195 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1196 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1198 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1199 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1200 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1201 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1202 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1203 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1204 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1205 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1206 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1208 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1209 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1210 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1211 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1212 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1213 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1214 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1220 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1221 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1222 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1223 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1224 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1226 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1227 int compression_header_size
;
1228 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1229 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1230 bfd_boolean compressed
1231 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1232 &compression_header_size
,
1234 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1237 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1238 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1239 action
= decompress
;
1242 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1243 section. Check if we should compress. */
1244 if (action
== nothing
)
1246 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1247 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1248 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1249 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1251 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1252 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1258 if (action
== compress
)
1260 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1263 /* xgettext:c-format */
1264 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1271 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1274 /* xgettext:c-format */
1275 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1281 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1284 && (action
== decompress
1285 || (action
== compress
1286 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1288 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1289 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1291 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1292 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1294 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1298 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1299 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1300 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1303 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1305 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1306 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1308 struct lto_section lsection
;
1309 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1310 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1311 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1317 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1319 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1320 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1321 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1324 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1325 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1326 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1327 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1328 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1329 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1330 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1331 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1332 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1334 bfd_reloc_status_type
1335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1336 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1338 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1339 asection
*input_section
,
1341 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1343 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1344 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1345 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1346 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1348 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1349 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1352 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1355 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1356 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1357 should be the same. */
1360 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1361 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1363 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1364 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1365 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1366 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1368 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1369 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1371 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1374 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1375 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1376 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1377 to be the correct section. */
1380 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1381 const unsigned int hint
)
1383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1386 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1388 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1389 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1390 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1391 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1394 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1396 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1398 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1400 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1401 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1402 multiple matches ? */
1409 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1410 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1411 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1414 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1416 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1417 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1418 const unsigned int secnum
)
1420 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1421 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1422 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1423 unsigned int sh_link
;
1425 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1427 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1428 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1429 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1430 matched up with the original.
1432 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1433 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1434 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1435 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1436 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1437 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1438 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1439 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1440 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1441 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1442 without any contents. */
1443 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1444 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1445 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1446 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1450 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1451 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1452 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1453 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1456 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1457 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1458 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1459 in the input bfd. */
1460 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1462 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1463 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1466 /* xgettext:c-format */
1467 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1468 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1472 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1473 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1475 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1479 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1480 if we could not find a match ? */
1482 /* xgettext:c-format */
1483 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1486 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1488 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1489 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1491 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1493 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1495 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1496 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1499 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1500 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1502 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1504 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1509 /* xgettext:c-format */
1510 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1516 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1520 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1522 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1524 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1527 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1528 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1531 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1533 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1534 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1537 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1539 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1540 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1541 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1543 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1544 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1545 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1546 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1548 /* Copy object attributes. */
1549 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1551 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1554 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1556 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1557 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1560 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1562 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1563 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1564 files. See below for more details. */
1566 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1567 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1570 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1571 fields have already been initialised. */
1572 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1573 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1576 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1577 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1578 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1580 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1582 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1585 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1586 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1587 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1588 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1590 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1591 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1592 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1593 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1594 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1595 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1600 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1603 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1604 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1605 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1606 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1608 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1610 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1613 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1614 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1615 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1617 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1618 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1619 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1620 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1621 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1622 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1623 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1624 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1625 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1626 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1628 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1633 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1635 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1636 with a NULL input section. */
1637 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1638 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1646 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1651 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1652 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1653 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1654 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1655 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1656 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1657 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1658 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1659 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1660 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1661 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1662 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1667 /* Print out the program headers. */
1670 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1672 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1673 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1675 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1677 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1682 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1683 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1684 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1686 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1691 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1694 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1695 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1696 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1697 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1698 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1699 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1700 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1701 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1702 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1703 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1704 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1705 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1706 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1707 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1708 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1709 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1710 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1715 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1718 unsigned int elfsec
;
1719 unsigned long shlink
;
1720 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1722 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1724 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1726 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1729 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1730 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1732 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1734 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1735 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1738 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1739 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1741 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1742 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1744 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1746 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1747 const char *name
= "";
1749 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1752 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1754 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1761 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1762 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1764 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1766 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1771 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1772 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1774 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1775 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1776 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1777 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1778 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1779 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1780 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1781 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1782 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1783 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1784 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1787 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1788 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1789 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1790 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1791 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1792 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1793 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1794 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1795 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1796 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1797 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1798 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1799 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1801 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1802 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1803 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1804 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1805 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1806 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1807 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1808 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1809 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1810 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1811 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1812 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1813 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1814 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1815 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1816 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1817 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1818 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1819 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1820 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1821 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1822 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1823 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1824 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1825 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1826 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1827 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1828 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1831 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1835 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1840 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1842 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1845 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1854 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1855 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1857 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1861 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1863 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1865 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1866 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1868 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1869 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1870 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1871 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1873 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1876 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1880 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1888 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1890 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1891 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1893 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1895 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1896 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1897 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1898 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1899 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1900 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1912 /* Get version string. */
1915 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1916 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1918 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1919 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1920 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1922 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1924 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1925 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1928 version_string
= "";
1929 else if (vernum
== 1
1930 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1931 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1933 version_string
= "Base";
1934 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1936 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1939 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1941 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1942 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1946 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1948 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1950 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1952 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1959 return version_string
;
1962 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1965 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1968 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1970 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1973 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1974 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1976 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1977 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1978 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1979 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1981 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1983 const char *section_name
;
1984 const char *name
= NULL
;
1985 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1986 unsigned char st_other
;
1988 const char *version_string
;
1991 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1993 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1994 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1995 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1999 name
= symbol
->name
;
2000 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
2003 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
2004 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
2005 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
2006 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
2007 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2008 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2009 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2011 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2012 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2014 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2015 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2021 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2026 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2027 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2032 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2033 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2038 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2039 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2040 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2042 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2044 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2047 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2053 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2055 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2058 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2060 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2061 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2064 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2065 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2066 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2067 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2069 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2074 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2075 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2076 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2077 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2078 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2079 can expect to recurse at least once.
2081 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2082 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2084 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2085 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2086 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2088 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
2089 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
), sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
2090 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2092 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2095 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2098 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2101 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2102 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2103 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2108 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2109 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2112 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2115 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2116 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2117 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2118 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2119 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2120 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2121 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2122 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2123 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2124 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2127 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2128 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2131 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2133 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2134 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2135 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2138 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2139 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2140 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2142 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2147 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2149 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2153 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2154 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2155 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2156 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2158 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2159 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2163 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2165 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2166 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2168 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2169 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2171 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2179 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2180 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2183 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2186 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2188 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2190 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2191 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2192 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2197 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2198 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2199 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2202 /* xgettext:c-format */
2203 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2204 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2208 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2209 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2210 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2211 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2213 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2214 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2215 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2216 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2217 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2219 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2220 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2221 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2225 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2226 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2227 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2229 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2230 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2232 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2233 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2236 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2237 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2241 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2242 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2247 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2251 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2252 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2257 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2258 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2262 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2263 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2266 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2269 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2271 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2274 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2275 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2276 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2281 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2282 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2283 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2286 /* xgettext:c-format */
2287 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2288 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2292 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2293 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2294 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2295 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2297 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2298 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2299 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2302 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2304 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2306 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2307 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2310 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2313 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2315 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2316 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2317 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2321 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2322 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2325 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2327 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2328 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2332 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2335 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2336 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2340 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2343 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2344 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2345 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2346 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2348 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2353 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2354 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2355 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2356 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2358 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2360 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2361 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2363 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2364 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2366 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2369 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2371 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2373 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2374 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2378 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2383 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2385 asection
*target_sect
;
2386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2387 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2388 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2391 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2392 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2395 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2396 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2399 /* xgettext:c-format */
2400 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2401 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2402 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2407 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2408 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2409 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2410 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2411 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2412 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2413 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2415 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2416 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2417 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2418 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2424 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2426 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2427 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2438 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2441 /* Get the symbol table. */
2442 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2443 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2444 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2447 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2448 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2449 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2450 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2451 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2452 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2453 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2454 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2455 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2456 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2457 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2458 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2459 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2460 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2461 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2462 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2464 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2469 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2472 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2473 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2476 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2477 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2478 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2480 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2482 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2483 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2488 /* xgettext:c-format */
2489 (_("%pB: warning: multiple relocation sections for section %pA \
2490 found - ignoring all but the first"),
2494 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2499 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2500 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2501 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2502 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2503 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2504 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2505 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2506 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2507 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2509 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2510 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2512 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2516 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2517 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2518 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2519 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2522 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2523 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2526 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2527 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2528 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2531 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2532 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2533 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2534 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2541 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2544 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2550 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2551 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2552 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2554 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2556 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2560 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2561 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2564 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2566 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2567 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2568 for applications? */
2570 /* xgettext:c-format */
2571 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2572 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2575 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2576 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2581 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2582 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2583 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2585 /* xgettext:c-format */
2586 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2587 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2588 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2590 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2591 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2592 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2593 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2594 be rejected with an error message. */
2596 /* xgettext:c-format */
2597 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2598 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2601 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2602 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2607 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2609 /* xgettext:c-format */
2610 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2611 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2619 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2620 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2621 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2623 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2624 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2629 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2632 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2634 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2636 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2638 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2641 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2642 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2644 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2645 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2646 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2649 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2651 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2654 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2657 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2660 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2664 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2666 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2668 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2671 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2677 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2684 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2688 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2689 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2690 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2699 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2702 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2706 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2709 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2713 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2714 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2715 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2716 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2720 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2723 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2726 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2729 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2734 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2737 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2740 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2743 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2747 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2750 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2754 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2757 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2759 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2763 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2766 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2769 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2770 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2771 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2772 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2773 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2774 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2777 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2779 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2780 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2781 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2782 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2785 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2787 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2788 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2789 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2790 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2791 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2794 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2796 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2797 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2798 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2800 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2801 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2802 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2803 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2806 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2808 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2810 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2812 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2813 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2814 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2820 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2823 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2824 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2825 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2831 len
= strlen (name
);
2833 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2836 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2838 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2840 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2843 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2844 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2846 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2848 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2850 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2851 && (suffix_len
== -2
2852 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2858 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2860 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2861 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2871 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2872 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2875 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2878 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2879 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2882 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2883 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2886 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2887 bed
->special_sections
,
2893 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2896 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2897 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2900 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2905 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2909 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2911 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2913 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2915 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2918 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2922 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2925 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2926 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2927 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2929 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2930 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2931 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2932 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2933 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2934 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2935 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2936 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2937 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2938 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2939 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2941 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2944 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2945 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2946 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2948 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2949 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2953 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2956 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2958 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2959 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2960 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2961 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2963 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2964 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2965 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2966 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2967 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2968 of combined data+bss.
2970 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2971 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2972 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2973 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2974 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2979 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2980 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2982 const char *type_name
)
2990 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2991 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2992 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2994 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2996 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2997 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2998 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3001 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3002 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3003 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3005 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
3006 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
3007 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
3008 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
3009 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
3010 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
3011 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3013 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3014 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
3015 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3017 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
3019 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3022 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3024 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3028 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3032 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3033 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3034 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3037 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3038 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3039 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3041 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3042 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3043 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3044 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3045 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3046 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3047 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3048 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3049 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3051 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3052 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3053 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3054 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3055 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3056 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3057 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3059 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3060 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3061 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3063 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3064 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3071 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3073 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3074 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3075 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3081 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3083 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3085 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3091 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3093 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3094 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3098 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3101 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3104 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3106 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3112 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3115 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3117 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3118 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3122 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3125 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3128 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3129 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3130 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3134 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3138 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3140 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3142 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3143 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3146 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3150 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3152 const char *sec_name
,
3153 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3155 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3156 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3160 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3162 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3164 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3170 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3171 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3172 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3176 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3177 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3178 const char *sec_name
,
3179 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3180 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3182 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3183 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3185 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3186 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3187 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3189 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3190 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3191 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3194 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3195 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3196 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3197 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3198 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3199 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3200 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3201 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3202 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3207 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3210 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3212 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3213 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3215 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3218 struct fake_section_arg
3220 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3224 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3227 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3229 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3230 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3231 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3232 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3233 unsigned int sh_type
;
3234 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3235 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3239 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3244 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3248 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3249 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3250 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3254 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3256 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3258 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3259 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3260 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3261 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3264 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3266 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3267 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3269 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3270 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3274 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3275 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3283 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3285 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3286 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3287 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3288 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3289 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3290 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3295 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3300 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3301 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3305 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3307 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3314 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3316 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3317 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3318 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3320 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3322 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3323 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3324 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3325 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3326 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3329 /* xgettext:c-format */
3330 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3331 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3335 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3336 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3337 copy_private_section_data. */
3339 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3340 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3342 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3344 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3345 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3347 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3349 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3350 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3351 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3352 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3353 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3355 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3356 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3357 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3358 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3360 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3361 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3364 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3375 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3376 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3377 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3378 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3382 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3386 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3390 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3394 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3395 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3399 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3400 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3403 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3404 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3407 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3408 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3409 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3410 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3412 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3413 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3415 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3416 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3419 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3420 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3421 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3422 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3424 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3425 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3427 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3428 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3432 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3436 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3440 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3441 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3442 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3443 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3444 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3445 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3446 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3448 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3449 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3451 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3452 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3453 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3454 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3455 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3457 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3458 if (asect
->size
== 0
3459 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3461 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3463 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3466 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3467 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3468 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3472 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3473 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3475 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3476 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3477 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3478 create the other. */
3479 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3481 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3484 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3485 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3486 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3487 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3489 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3490 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3491 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3496 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3497 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3498 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3504 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3506 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3516 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3517 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3518 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3519 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3525 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3527 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3528 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3529 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3533 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3534 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3535 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3536 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3539 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3541 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3542 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3546 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3548 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3553 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3555 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3557 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3559 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3560 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3564 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3565 elf_section_syms. */
3566 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3567 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3569 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3571 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3573 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3574 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3575 set until all local symbols are output. */
3577 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3578 unsigned long symndx
;
3579 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3580 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3582 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3583 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3584 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3585 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3586 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3587 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3589 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3593 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3594 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3596 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3597 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3598 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3599 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3601 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3604 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3606 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3609 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3611 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3612 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3613 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3620 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3622 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3623 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3624 start of the input section group. */
3625 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3627 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3628 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3629 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3630 directives, not that it matters. */
3637 s
= s
->output_section
;
3639 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3641 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3642 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3644 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3646 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3647 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3649 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3653 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3655 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3656 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3658 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3663 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3665 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3676 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3677 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3678 relocations apply. */
3681 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3683 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3684 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3685 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3686 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3691 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3697 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3700 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3703 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3710 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3711 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3714 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3715 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3716 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3719 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3722 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3723 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3724 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3727 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3728 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3729 in here too, while we're at it. */
3732 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3734 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3736 unsigned int section_number
;
3737 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3738 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3739 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3743 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3745 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3746 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3748 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3750 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3751 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3753 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3755 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3757 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3759 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3760 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3761 abfd
->section_count
--;
3764 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3767 /* Count relocations. */
3768 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3771 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3772 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3773 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3776 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3778 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3780 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3781 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3782 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3783 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3786 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3787 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3788 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3795 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3796 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3797 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3803 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3804 || (link_info
== NULL
3805 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3809 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3810 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3811 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3813 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3815 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3817 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3818 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3819 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3821 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3822 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3823 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3826 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3827 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3830 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3831 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3832 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3834 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3836 /* xgettext:c-format */
3837 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3838 abfd
, section_number
);
3842 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3843 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3845 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3847 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3848 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3849 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3852 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3853 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3854 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3856 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3860 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3862 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3865 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3866 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3868 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3869 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3870 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3871 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3873 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3874 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3877 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3881 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3883 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3884 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3885 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3886 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3887 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3889 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3891 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3892 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3893 the relocation entries apply. */
3894 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3896 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3897 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3898 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3900 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3902 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3903 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3904 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3907 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3908 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3910 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3913 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3914 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3916 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3917 if (discarded_section (s
))
3921 /* xgettext:c-format */
3922 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3923 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3924 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3926 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3927 size as the discarded one. */
3928 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3931 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3937 s
= s
->output_section
;
3938 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3942 /* Handle objcopy. */
3943 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3946 /* xgettext:c-format */
3947 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3948 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3949 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3950 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3953 s
= s
->output_section
;
3955 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3960 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3961 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3962 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3964 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3965 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3966 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3967 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3968 /* xgettext:c-format */
3969 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3974 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3978 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3979 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3980 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3981 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3982 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3983 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3984 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3986 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3988 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3991 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3992 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3997 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3998 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3999 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
4000 field to point to this section. */
4001 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
4002 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
4007 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
4008 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
4011 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
4012 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
4013 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
4017 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
4019 /* This is a .stab section. */
4020 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
4021 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
4022 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
4029 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4030 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4031 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4032 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4034 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4036 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4039 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4040 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4041 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4042 the version strings. */
4043 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4044 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4046 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4051 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4052 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4053 this hash table or version table is for. */
4054 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4056 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4060 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4064 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4065 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4066 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4072 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4074 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4076 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4077 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4079 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4080 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4081 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4084 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4085 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4086 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4087 the beginning of that array.
4089 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4092 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4093 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4095 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4097 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4099 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4100 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4101 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4103 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4106 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4109 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4111 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4114 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4117 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4122 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4123 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4126 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4128 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4133 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4136 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4139 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4140 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4141 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4142 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4143 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4144 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4145 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4146 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4147 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4150 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4151 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4154 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4156 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4157 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4158 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4159 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4160 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4161 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4162 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4163 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4169 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4173 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4175 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4176 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4180 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4181 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4183 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4184 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4186 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4187 decided to output. */
4188 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4190 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4192 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4194 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4195 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4197 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4199 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4200 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4202 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4206 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4207 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4209 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4211 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4215 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4216 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4217 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4218 at least in that case. */
4219 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4221 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4223 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4230 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4231 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4232 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4234 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4237 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4239 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4242 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4243 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4244 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4249 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4251 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4253 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4255 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4258 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4259 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4262 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4264 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4268 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4270 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4274 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4275 ELF data structure. */
4277 static inline file_ptr
4278 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4280 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4283 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4284 required section alignment. */
4287 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4291 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4292 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4293 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4294 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4295 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4296 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4297 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4301 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4302 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4303 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4306 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4307 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4310 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4312 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4313 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4314 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4316 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4319 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4320 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4321 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4323 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4326 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4327 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4328 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4332 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4335 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4336 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4337 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4338 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4342 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4343 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4345 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4350 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4352 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4357 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4358 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4359 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4360 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4361 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4362 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4363 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4364 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4365 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4366 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4367 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4369 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4377 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4379 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4380 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4382 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4384 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4385 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4386 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4387 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4390 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4391 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4393 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4395 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4397 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4398 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4400 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4403 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4408 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4409 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4411 static bfd_size_type
4412 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4416 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4418 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4419 and one for data. */
4422 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4423 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4425 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4426 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4427 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4432 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4434 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4438 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4440 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4444 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4446 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4450 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4452 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4456 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4457 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4458 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4460 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4464 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4466 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4467 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4469 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4470 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4472 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4473 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4474 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4475 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4476 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4477 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4478 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4479 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4480 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4481 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4486 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4488 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4490 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4496 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4498 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4499 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4501 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4502 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4503 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4504 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4506 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4509 /* xgettext:c-format */
4510 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4511 "sh_info field: %d"),
4512 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4515 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4516 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4517 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4522 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4523 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4527 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4533 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4536 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4539 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4541 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4542 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4544 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4550 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4551 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4558 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4560 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4561 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4562 asection
**sections
,
4567 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4572 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4573 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4574 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4578 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4579 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4580 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4581 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4583 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4585 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4586 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4587 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4593 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4596 struct elf_segment_map
*
4597 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4599 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4601 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4602 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4606 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4608 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4613 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4616 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4617 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4618 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4620 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4621 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4623 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4624 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4625 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4626 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4628 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4631 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4633 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4635 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4636 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4637 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4639 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4643 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4645 if (remove_empty_load
4646 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4648 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4654 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4655 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4657 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4664 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4665 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4667 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4670 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4673 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4674 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4675 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4676 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4678 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4681 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4683 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4687 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4688 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4691 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4692 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4694 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4695 bfd_boolean writable
;
4696 bfd_boolean executable
;
4698 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4699 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4700 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4702 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4703 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4705 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4707 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4708 sizeof (asection
*));
4709 if (sections
== NULL
)
4712 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4713 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4715 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4716 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4719 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4721 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4723 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4724 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4726 s
->target_index
= i
;
4729 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4730 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4731 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4734 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4737 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4739 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4740 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4741 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4742 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4743 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4744 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4746 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4748 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4749 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4750 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4751 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4752 been left for them. */
4753 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4755 /* Build the mapping. */
4759 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4760 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4762 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4763 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4765 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4766 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4770 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4772 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4773 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4774 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4778 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4779 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4783 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4791 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4792 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4793 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4799 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4801 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4804 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4805 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4807 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4808 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4809 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4810 program headers we will need. */
4811 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4814 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4816 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4818 && info
->separate_code
4819 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4821 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4822 thus not executable, and the first section is
4823 executable then put the file and program headers in
4824 their own PT_LOAD. */
4825 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4826 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4827 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4829 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4830 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4831 previous page if we can. */
4832 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4833 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4835 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4838 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4839 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4840 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4841 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4842 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4843 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4844 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4845 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4847 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4848 else if (separate_phdr
)
4850 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4853 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4855 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4856 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4859 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4863 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4866 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4870 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4873 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4875 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4876 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4877 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4879 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4881 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4882 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4886 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4887 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4889 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4890 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4893 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4894 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4895 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4897 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4898 pages onto the same memory page. */
4899 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4901 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4902 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4903 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4904 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4905 section can be included in the current segment. */
4906 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4907 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4908 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4909 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4911 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4912 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4915 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4916 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4918 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4919 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4920 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4921 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4924 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4926 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4927 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4928 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4929 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4931 else if (info
!= NULL
4932 && info
->separate_code
4933 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4938 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4940 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4946 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4947 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4950 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4951 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4953 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4955 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4961 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4963 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4966 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4967 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4971 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4972 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4974 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4981 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4986 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4992 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4993 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4995 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4998 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
5000 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
5001 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
5002 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
5004 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
5012 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5015 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5022 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5023 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5024 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5025 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5026 in the output file. */
5027 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5029 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5030 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5033 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5036 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5038 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5039 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5040 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5041 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
5048 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5049 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5050 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5054 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5058 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5059 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5062 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5063 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5067 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5073 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5074 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5078 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5081 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5082 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5083 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5088 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5089 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5091 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5093 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
5095 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5098 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5101 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
5103 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5105 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5109 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5112 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5124 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5125 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5126 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5127 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5128 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5130 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5131 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5132 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5134 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5137 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5138 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5142 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5143 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5145 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5147 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5153 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5154 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5155 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5157 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5158 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5162 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5164 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5171 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5173 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5174 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5175 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5177 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5178 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5182 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5184 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5190 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5192 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5193 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5197 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5198 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5199 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5200 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5201 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5202 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5204 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5205 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5212 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5214 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5216 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5218 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5219 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5222 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5223 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5224 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5227 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5232 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5235 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5236 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5240 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5247 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5250 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5253 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5255 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5260 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5265 /* Sort sections by address. */
5268 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5270 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5271 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5272 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5274 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5275 place the section into a segment. */
5276 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5278 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5281 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5282 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5283 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5285 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5288 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5290 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5297 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5302 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5303 before others at the same address. */
5305 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5306 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5313 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5316 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5317 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5320 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5322 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5323 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5325 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5327 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5329 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5331 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5333 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5334 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5335 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5336 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5337 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5341 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5343 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5344 lma1
= m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5346 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5348 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5349 lma2
= m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5351 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5353 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5354 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5358 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5360 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5361 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5362 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5363 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5364 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5367 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5368 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5370 /* In other words, something like:
5372 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5373 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5374 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5375 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5377 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5379 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5382 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5384 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5385 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5387 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5391 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5394 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5399 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5400 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5401 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5402 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5403 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5404 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5406 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5407 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5411 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5412 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5413 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5419 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5424 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5426 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5429 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5434 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5435 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5439 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5440 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5442 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5443 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5444 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5445 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5446 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5448 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5449 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5451 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5453 if (link_info
== NULL
5454 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5458 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5463 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5464 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5468 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5469 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5470 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5473 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5475 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5478 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5482 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5483 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5484 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5485 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5490 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5494 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5495 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5496 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5497 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5498 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5500 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5501 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5502 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5503 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5504 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5505 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5510 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5512 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5513 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5514 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5515 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5516 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5517 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5519 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5520 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5522 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5523 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5524 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5529 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5533 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5534 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5536 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5537 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5538 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5539 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5540 position after the ELF file header. */
5541 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5542 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5544 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5545 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5547 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5553 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5554 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5556 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5560 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5562 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5563 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5564 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5565 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5566 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5567 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5569 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5570 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5573 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5575 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5577 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5578 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5579 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5582 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5584 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5585 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5587 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5588 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5589 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5590 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5591 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5592 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5593 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5595 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5596 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5598 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5600 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5601 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5602 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5603 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5605 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5607 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5609 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5612 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5614 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5617 bfd_size_type align
;
5618 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5620 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5624 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5626 unsigned int secalign
;
5628 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5629 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5630 align_power
= secalign
;
5632 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5633 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5634 align
= maxpagesize
;
5637 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5638 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5639 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5640 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5641 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5642 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5644 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5647 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5648 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5650 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5654 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5656 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5657 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5660 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5661 && bed
->no_page_alias
5662 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5663 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5664 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5668 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5669 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5670 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5671 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5672 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5673 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5674 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5675 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5680 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5681 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5682 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5684 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5687 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5688 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5690 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5693 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5694 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5695 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5696 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5698 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5700 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5702 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5703 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5704 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5708 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5709 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5710 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5713 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5714 " try linking with -N"),
5716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5720 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5724 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5726 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5727 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5728 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5729 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5733 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5735 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5737 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5738 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5739 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5741 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5743 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5746 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5747 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5748 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5751 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5753 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5754 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0;
5755 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5756 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5757 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5758 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5759 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5760 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5763 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5767 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5768 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5770 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5776 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5778 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5779 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5783 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5784 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5785 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5786 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5787 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5788 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5791 bfd_size_type align
;
5792 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5795 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5796 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5798 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5799 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5800 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5801 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5802 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5803 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5805 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5806 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5807 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5808 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5812 || p_end
< p_start
))
5815 /* xgettext:c-format */
5816 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5817 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5821 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5823 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5825 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5827 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5829 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5830 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5832 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5833 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5838 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5842 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5844 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5848 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5849 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5850 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5856 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5865 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5867 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5868 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5869 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5871 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5872 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5873 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5875 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5876 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5877 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5878 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5879 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5880 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5882 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5884 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5887 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5889 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5890 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5891 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5892 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5893 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5894 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5896 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5898 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5899 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5901 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5903 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5904 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5907 if (align
> p
->p_align
5908 && !m
->p_align_valid
5909 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5910 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5914 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5917 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5919 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5926 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5927 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5928 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5929 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5930 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5931 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5933 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5934 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5935 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5936 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5937 " by LOAD segment"),
5942 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5943 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5944 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5946 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5948 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5949 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5950 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5951 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5952 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5953 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5955 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5960 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5962 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5965 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5966 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5967 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5968 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5971 /* xgettext:c-format */
5972 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5974 print_segment_map (m
);
5980 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5982 if (link_info
!= NULL
5983 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5984 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5986 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5987 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5988 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5991 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5992 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5993 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5995 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5996 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5997 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5998 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6001 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
;
6003 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6004 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6005 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6007 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6008 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6009 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6017 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6018 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6022 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6023 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6026 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6027 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6035 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6036 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6037 use heuristics instead. */
6040 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6042 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6045 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6046 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6047 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6049 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6051 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6053 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6054 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6055 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6056 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6057 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6064 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6065 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6068 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6069 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6071 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6072 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6074 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6075 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6076 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6079 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6080 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6081 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6082 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6084 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6087 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6088 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6089 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6090 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6091 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6092 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6094 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6095 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6096 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6097 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6098 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6099 so do not warn about them. */
6100 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6102 /* xgettext:c-format */
6103 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6105 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6107 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6108 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6109 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6110 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6113 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6115 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6118 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6119 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6120 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6121 not been decided. */
6122 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6123 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6124 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6125 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6126 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6127 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6128 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6129 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6130 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6131 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6133 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6135 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6137 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6138 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6139 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6140 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6142 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6147 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6149 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6150 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6151 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6152 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6153 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6155 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6157 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6159 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6160 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
6171 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6172 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6175 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6177 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6179 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6181 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6183 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6184 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6185 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6187 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6193 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6194 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6196 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6205 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6206 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6207 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6208 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6209 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6211 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6212 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6213 In cases where the end does not match any
6214 loaded section (for instance is in file
6215 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6216 the end of loaded section contents. */
6217 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6218 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6220 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6221 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6222 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6223 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6224 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6226 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6228 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6234 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6237 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6239 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6241 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6242 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6244 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6248 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6249 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6250 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6252 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6253 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6254 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6260 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6262 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6264 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6265 "and/or program header"),
6266 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6271 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6272 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6274 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6275 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6276 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6278 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6290 static elf_section_list
*
6291 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6293 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6299 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6300 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6301 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6303 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6304 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6305 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6306 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6307 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6308 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6309 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6310 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6312 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6315 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6316 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6318 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6319 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6320 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6323 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6324 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6327 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6328 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6332 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6333 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6335 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6336 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6337 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6338 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6340 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6343 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6344 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6345 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6347 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6348 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6349 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6350 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6351 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6352 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6353 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6354 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6355 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6357 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6360 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6363 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6364 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6368 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6369 assignment of sections to segments. */
6370 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6373 /* And for non-load sections. */
6374 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6378 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6381 /* Write out the program headers. */
6382 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6385 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6386 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6394 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6395 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6397 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6398 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6399 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6401 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6403 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6404 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6407 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6409 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6410 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6411 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6412 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6414 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6415 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6416 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6417 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6419 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6420 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6421 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6422 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6423 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6424 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6426 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6428 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6430 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6431 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6434 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6435 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6436 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6437 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6438 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6439 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6440 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6441 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6443 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6446 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6447 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6449 /* No program header, for now. */
6450 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6451 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6452 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6454 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6455 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6456 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6458 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6459 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6460 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6461 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6462 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6463 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6464 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6465 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6466 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6472 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6474 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6475 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6476 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6477 changed or the programs updated. */
6480 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6482 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6484 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6485 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6486 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6487 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6488 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6490 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6491 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6492 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6493 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6494 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6496 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6497 segments is non-zero. */
6499 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6504 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6505 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6508 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6512 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6513 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6514 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6516 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6518 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6519 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6520 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6523 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6525 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6526 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6527 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6528 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6531 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6533 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6535 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6536 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6538 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6539 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6543 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6544 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6546 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6547 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6549 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6550 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6554 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6555 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6558 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6560 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6562 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6564 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6569 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6574 /* Update section size and contents. */
6575 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6576 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6577 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6581 /* Update section size and contents. */
6582 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6583 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6586 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6593 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6595 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6596 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6597 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6598 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6600 /* Place the section headers. */
6601 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6602 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6603 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6604 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6605 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6606 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6612 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6614 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6615 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6617 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6618 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6620 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6621 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6623 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6624 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6625 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6626 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6628 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6629 already been written to the BFD. */
6630 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6632 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6636 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6639 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6643 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6646 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6647 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6648 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6650 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6651 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6652 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6653 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6654 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6656 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6658 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6660 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6661 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6666 /* Write out the section header names. */
6667 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6668 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6669 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6670 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6673 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6676 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6679 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6680 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6681 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6687 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6689 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6690 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6693 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6696 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6698 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6699 unsigned int sec_index
;
6701 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6702 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6703 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6705 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6706 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6707 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6708 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6709 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6710 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6712 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6714 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6715 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6717 int retval
= sec_index
;
6719 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6723 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6724 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6729 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6733 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6735 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6737 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6739 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6740 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6741 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6742 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6743 input sections rather than the output section. */
6744 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6745 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6746 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6751 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6752 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6753 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6754 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6755 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6756 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6757 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6760 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6764 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6765 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6767 /* xgettext:c-format */
6768 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6769 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6777 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6778 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6786 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6789 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6791 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6792 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6793 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6794 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6795 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6798 unsigned int num_segments
;
6799 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6800 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6801 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6802 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6803 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6804 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6806 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6807 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6810 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6812 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6813 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6815 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6816 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6817 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6818 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6820 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6821 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6822 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6823 ? section->size : 0)
6825 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6826 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6827 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6828 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6829 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6830 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6832 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6833 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6834 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6835 (section->lma >= base \
6836 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6837 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6838 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6840 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6841 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6842 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6843 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6844 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6845 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6846 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6848 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6850 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6852 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6856 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6857 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6858 p_memsz set to 0. */
6859 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6861 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6862 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6863 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6864 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6866 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6867 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6868 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6870 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6871 A section will be included if:
6872 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6873 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6874 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6876 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6877 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6878 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6879 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6880 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6881 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6882 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6883 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6884 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6885 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6886 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6887 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6888 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6889 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6890 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6891 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6892 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6893 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6894 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6895 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6896 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6897 || (segment->p_paddr \
6898 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6899 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6900 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6901 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6903 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6904 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6905 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6906 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6907 && section->output_section != NULL)
6909 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6910 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6911 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6913 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6914 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6915 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6916 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6917 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6919 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6920 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6921 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6922 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6923 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6925 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6926 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6927 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6929 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6930 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6931 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6932 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6933 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6934 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6937 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6939 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6943 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6944 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6945 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6946 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6947 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6952 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6954 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6955 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6956 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6958 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6959 assignment code will work. */
6960 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6964 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6966 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6967 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6968 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6972 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6973 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6975 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6977 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6978 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6981 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6982 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6984 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6986 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6987 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6989 if (extra_length
> 0)
6991 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6992 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6995 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6997 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6999 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7004 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7006 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7007 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7009 if (extra_length
> 0)
7011 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7012 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7015 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7020 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7021 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7025 unsigned int section_count
;
7026 asection
**sections
;
7027 asection
*output_section
;
7029 asection
*matching_lma
;
7030 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7033 asection
*first_section
;
7035 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7038 first_section
= NULL
;
7039 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7040 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7042 section
= section
->next
)
7044 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7045 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7046 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7048 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7049 first_section
= section
;
7050 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7055 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7056 all of the sections we have selected. */
7057 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7058 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7059 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7063 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7064 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7066 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7067 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7068 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7070 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7071 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7073 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7075 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7076 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7079 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7080 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7081 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7082 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7083 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7085 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7087 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7088 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7089 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7090 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7091 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7093 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7094 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7097 if (section_count
== 0)
7099 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7100 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7101 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7102 a warning is produced.
7103 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7104 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7105 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7106 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7107 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7108 /* xgettext:c-format */
7110 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7111 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7112 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7114 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7116 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7117 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7122 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7123 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7124 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7125 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7127 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7128 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7131 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7132 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7133 of the first section.
7135 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7136 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7137 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7138 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7139 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7141 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7142 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7143 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7144 or segments to contain the other sections.
7146 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7147 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7148 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7150 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
7151 if (sections
== NULL
)
7154 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7155 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7156 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7157 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7158 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7161 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7162 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7164 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7166 section
= section
->next
)
7168 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7170 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7172 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7174 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7175 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7176 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7177 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7179 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7180 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7182 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7183 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7184 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7185 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7186 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7187 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7189 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7190 == output_section
->vma
))
7191 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7193 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7194 LMA address of the output section. */
7195 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7196 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7197 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7198 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7200 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7201 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7202 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7204 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7205 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7207 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7209 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7210 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7212 if (j
== section_count
)
7217 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7219 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7221 if (isec
== section_count
)
7223 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7224 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7225 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7226 program header in the input BFD. */
7227 map
->count
= section_count
;
7228 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7229 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7232 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7234 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7235 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7236 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7237 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7238 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7240 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7242 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7250 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7251 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7252 section fitted, the first section. */
7253 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7254 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7256 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7258 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7259 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7260 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7262 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7264 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7265 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7266 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7267 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7268 offset when we know the correct value. */
7269 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7270 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7273 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7275 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7276 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7277 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7278 first section lma, but there may have been some
7279 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7280 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7281 the same alignment. */
7282 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7283 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7284 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7288 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7289 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7290 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7291 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7292 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7293 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7299 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7301 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7302 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7304 section
= sections
[j
];
7306 if (section
== NULL
)
7309 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7311 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7313 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7314 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7316 if (map
->count
== 0)
7318 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7319 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7321 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7322 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7323 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7324 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7325 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7327 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7328 != output_section
->lma
)
7335 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7337 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7338 and the start of this section is more than
7339 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7340 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7342 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7343 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7344 > output_section
->lma
))
7346 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7347 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7353 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7356 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7357 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7359 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7360 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7363 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7364 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7365 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections. */
7366 if (map
->count
== 0)
7369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7374 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7375 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7376 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7378 if (isec
< section_count
)
7380 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7381 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7382 and carry on looping. */
7383 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7384 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7385 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7392 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7393 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7394 not yet been assigned. */
7396 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7397 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7398 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7399 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7400 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7401 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7402 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7405 while (isec
< section_count
);
7410 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7412 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7413 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7414 the offset if necessary. */
7415 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7419 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7422 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7423 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7424 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7426 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7427 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7430 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7431 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7438 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7439 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7441 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7442 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7443 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7444 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7445 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7446 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7450 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7453 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7455 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7456 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7457 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7458 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7459 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7461 unsigned int num_segments
;
7462 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7463 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7465 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7468 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7470 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7471 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7472 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7473 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7474 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7477 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7479 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7483 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7488 unsigned int section_count
;
7490 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7491 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7492 asection
*lowest_section
;
7494 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7495 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7497 section
= section
->next
)
7499 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7500 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7502 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7503 first_section
= section
;
7508 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7509 all of the sections we have selected. */
7510 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7511 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7512 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7516 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7519 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7520 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7521 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7522 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7523 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7524 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7525 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7526 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7528 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7529 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7531 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7532 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7533 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7534 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7535 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7537 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7538 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7541 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7542 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7543 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7544 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7546 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7547 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7549 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7550 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7551 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7552 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7553 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7555 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7556 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7559 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7560 if (section_count
!= 0)
7562 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7564 for (section
= first_section
;
7566 section
= section
->next
)
7568 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7569 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7571 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7572 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7576 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7577 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7578 lowest_section
= section
;
7580 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7581 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7582 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7583 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7585 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7586 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7588 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7589 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7590 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7592 if (isec
== section_count
)
7598 if (section_count
== 0)
7599 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7600 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7602 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7603 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7604 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7605 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7606 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7607 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7609 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
7610 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7613 map
->count
= section_count
;
7614 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7615 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7618 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7622 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7626 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7628 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7629 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7632 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7635 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7637 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7638 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7639 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7640 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7641 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7642 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7643 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7645 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7647 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7648 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7651 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7652 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7653 section
= section
->next
)
7654 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7656 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7657 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7661 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7662 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7663 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7664 map in this case. */
7665 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7666 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7667 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7670 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7671 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7673 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7674 from the input BFD. */
7675 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7677 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7679 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7680 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7681 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7683 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7684 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7686 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7687 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7688 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7689 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7690 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7691 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7697 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7699 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7700 section
= section
->next
)
7702 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7705 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7708 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7712 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7714 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7715 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7716 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7718 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7719 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7721 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7724 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7725 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7727 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7728 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7729 /* xgettext:c-format */
7730 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7731 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7732 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7734 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7737 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7738 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7741 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7744 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7747 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7751 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7754 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7755 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7756 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7758 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7759 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7762 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7764 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7765 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7766 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7767 that the linker clears to differ. */
7768 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7769 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7771 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7772 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7773 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7775 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7776 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7777 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7779 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7780 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7781 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7782 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7783 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7785 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7786 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7787 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7788 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7789 if ((link_info
== NULL
7790 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7791 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7792 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7794 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7795 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7796 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7797 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7800 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7801 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7802 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7805 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7807 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7808 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7809 may be NULL at this point. */
7810 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7812 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7813 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7814 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7817 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7822 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7823 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7826 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7831 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7833 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7834 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7837 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7838 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7840 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7842 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7843 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7844 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7845 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7846 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7848 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7852 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7853 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7854 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7855 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7856 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7860 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7864 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7865 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7867 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7868 asection
*s
= first
;
7869 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7873 /* If this member section is being output but the
7874 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7875 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7876 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7877 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7879 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7880 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7882 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7883 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7884 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7885 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7887 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7889 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7890 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7892 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7893 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7896 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7902 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7904 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7905 adjust the input section size. */
7906 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7907 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7908 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7909 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7912 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7917 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7919 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7920 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7922 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7923 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7932 /* Copy private header information. */
7935 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7937 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7938 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7941 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7942 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7943 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7944 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7945 already been worked out. */
7946 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7948 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7952 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7955 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7956 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7957 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7958 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7959 swap_out_syms function. */
7961 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7962 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7963 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7964 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7965 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7968 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7973 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7975 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7976 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7979 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7980 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7983 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7985 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7989 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7990 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7991 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7992 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7993 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7994 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7996 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7997 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7998 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7999 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8000 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8006 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8009 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8010 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8016 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8018 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8020 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8021 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8022 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8023 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8024 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8026 unsigned int num_locals
;
8028 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8030 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8033 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8034 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8038 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8039 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8040 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8041 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8042 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8043 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8044 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8045 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8047 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8048 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8050 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8051 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
+ 1,
8052 sizeof (*symstrtab
));
8053 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
8055 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8059 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
8060 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
8061 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
8064 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8068 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8069 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8071 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8072 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8074 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8076 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8077 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8079 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8080 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
8081 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
8082 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8085 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8086 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8087 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8088 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8089 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8091 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8094 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8096 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8097 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8103 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8104 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8105 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8106 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8107 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8108 outbound_syms_index
++;
8109 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8110 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8114 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8115 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8117 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8118 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8120 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8121 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8122 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8123 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8126 if (!name_local_sections
8127 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8129 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8130 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8134 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8135 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8137 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8139 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8143 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8145 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8146 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8148 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8149 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8150 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8151 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8152 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8153 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8154 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8156 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8157 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8158 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8162 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8165 if (sec
->output_section
)
8167 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8168 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8171 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8172 if (! relocatable_p
)
8174 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8175 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8177 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8179 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8181 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8182 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8183 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8184 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8188 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8191 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8194 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8197 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8200 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8201 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8210 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8212 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8216 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8217 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8218 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8219 demand of applications. For example, it
8220 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8221 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8222 actually in the output file. */
8223 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8225 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8226 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8228 /* xgettext:c-format */
8230 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8231 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8232 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8234 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8240 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8243 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8245 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8246 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8247 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8249 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8251 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8253 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8258 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8261 /* Processor-specific types. */
8262 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8263 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8264 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8265 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8267 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8269 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8270 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8272 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8274 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8276 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8278 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8279 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8280 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8282 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8283 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8285 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8287 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8288 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8292 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8293 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8296 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8298 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8300 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8301 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8302 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8304 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8307 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8310 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8312 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8313 sym
.st_target_internal
8314 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8319 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8323 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8324 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8325 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8327 outbound_syms_index
++;
8328 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8329 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8332 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8333 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8335 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8336 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8338 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8339 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8340 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8342 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8343 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8344 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8346 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8347 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8349 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8350 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8355 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8356 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8357 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8358 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8359 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8360 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8361 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8362 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8367 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8369 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8370 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8371 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8374 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8376 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8378 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8380 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8381 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8383 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8386 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8388 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8394 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8396 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8398 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8400 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8402 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8406 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8407 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8412 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8414 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8420 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8423 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8424 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8426 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8430 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8433 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8436 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8445 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8448 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8449 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8450 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8454 return section
->reloc_count
;
8458 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8460 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8461 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8464 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8469 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8470 asymbol
**allocation
)
8472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8473 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8476 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8480 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8481 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8482 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8483 dynamic reloc section. */
8486 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8488 bfd_size_type count
;
8491 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8493 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8498 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8499 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8500 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8501 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8503 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8504 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8506 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8510 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8513 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8514 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8515 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8516 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8517 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8518 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8519 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8522 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8526 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8530 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8532 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8536 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8538 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8540 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8541 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8542 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8547 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8549 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8551 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8562 /* Read in the version information. */
8565 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8567 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8568 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8570 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8573 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8574 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8576 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8578 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8580 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8581 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8583 error_return_bad_verref
:
8585 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8586 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8587 error_return_verref
:
8588 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8589 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8593 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8594 if (filesize
> 0 && filesize
< hdr
->sh_size
)
8596 /* PR 24708: Avoid attempts to allocate a ridiculous amount
8598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8600 /* xgettext:c-format */
8601 (_("error: %pB version reference section is too large (%#" PRIx64
" bytes)"),
8602 abfd
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
8603 goto error_return_verref
;
8605 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8606 if (contents
== NULL
)
8607 goto error_return_verref
;
8609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8610 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8611 goto error_return_verref
;
8613 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8614 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8616 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8617 goto error_return_verref
;
8619 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8620 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8621 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8622 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8623 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8624 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8626 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8627 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8630 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8632 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8634 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8635 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8637 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8638 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8640 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8641 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8644 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8645 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8646 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8647 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8648 goto error_return_verref
;
8651 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8652 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8653 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8655 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8656 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8657 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8658 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8660 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8662 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8663 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8664 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8665 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8666 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8668 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8669 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8671 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8672 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8674 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8677 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8678 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8680 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8681 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8682 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8684 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8685 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8688 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8689 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8691 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8692 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8694 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8695 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8696 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8698 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8699 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8701 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8707 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8710 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8711 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8712 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8713 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8715 unsigned int maxidx
;
8716 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8718 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8720 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8722 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8724 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8725 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8726 error_return_verdef
:
8727 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8728 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8732 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8733 if (contents
== NULL
)
8734 goto error_return_verdef
;
8735 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8736 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8737 goto error_return_verdef
;
8739 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8740 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8741 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8742 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8743 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8744 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8746 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8747 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8749 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8751 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8753 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8755 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8756 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8757 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8758 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8760 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8763 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8764 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8765 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8767 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8768 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8771 if (default_imported_symver
)
8773 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8779 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8780 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8781 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8782 goto error_return_verdef
;
8784 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8786 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8787 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8788 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8790 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8791 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8794 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8796 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8797 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8799 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8800 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8802 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8804 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8805 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8808 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8809 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8810 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8811 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8812 goto error_return_verdef
;
8816 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8817 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8819 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8820 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8821 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8822 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8824 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8826 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8827 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8828 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8829 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8830 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8832 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8833 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8835 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8838 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8839 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8841 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8842 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8843 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8845 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8846 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8849 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8850 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8851 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8853 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8854 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8856 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8857 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8859 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8860 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8866 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8873 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8874 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8875 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8878 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8881 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8882 if (default_imported_symver
)
8884 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8885 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8887 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8889 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8890 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8891 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8892 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8894 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8896 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8897 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8898 goto error_return_verdef
;
8899 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8900 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8901 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8902 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8903 goto error_return_verdef
;
8905 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8906 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8912 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8918 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8920 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8922 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8925 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8926 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8930 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8934 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8937 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8938 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8942 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8945 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8946 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8949 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8950 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8951 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8954 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8955 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8956 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8957 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8958 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8959 we treat such symbols as local. */
8960 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8963 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8964 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8965 These labels have the form:
8967 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8969 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8971 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8972 so we only need to match the rest. */
8973 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8975 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8979 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8981 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8983 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8984 /* A fake symbol. */
8987 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8988 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8989 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8990 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8991 other than some kind of local ? */
9008 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9009 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9016 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9017 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9018 unsigned long machine
)
9020 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9021 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9022 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9023 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9024 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9027 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9030 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9031 for error reporting. */
9034 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9038 const char **filename_ptr
,
9039 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9040 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9041 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9045 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9046 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9047 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9048 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9049 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
9050 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9051 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9054 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9055 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9056 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9061 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9062 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9063 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9064 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9066 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9069 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9072 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9073 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9080 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9083 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9084 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9086 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9087 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9088 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9089 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9092 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9093 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9094 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9095 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9096 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9099 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9100 const char **filename_ptr
,
9101 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9102 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9105 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9106 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9107 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9112 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9114 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9115 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9117 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9119 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9121 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9123 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9126 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9127 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9130 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9133 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9141 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9143 const void *location
,
9145 bfd_size_type count
)
9147 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9150 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9151 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9157 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9158 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9160 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9161 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9165 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
9166 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9167 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
9168 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
9169 || contents
== NULL
)
9171 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9174 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9175 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9176 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9183 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9184 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9185 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9191 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9194 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9196 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9198 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9200 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9201 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9203 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9204 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9206 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9208 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9211 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9214 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9217 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9220 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9223 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9226 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9232 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9234 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9236 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9237 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9239 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9244 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9250 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9253 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9256 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9259 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9262 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9268 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9272 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9280 /* xgettext:c-format */
9281 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9282 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9288 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9290 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9291 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9293 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9294 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9295 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9298 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9301 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9302 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9303 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9306 bfd_reloc_status_type
9307 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9308 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9309 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9310 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9311 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9313 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9316 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9317 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9318 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9319 out details about the corefile. */
9321 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9322 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9323 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9324 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9327 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9328 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9331 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9335 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9337 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9342 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9343 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9344 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9348 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9352 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9355 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9359 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9360 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9361 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9365 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9366 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9367 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9368 such a section already exists.
9369 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9370 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9371 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9373 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9379 char *threaded_name
;
9383 /* Build the section name. */
9385 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9386 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9387 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9388 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9390 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9392 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9397 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9398 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9400 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9404 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9407 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9413 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9414 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9415 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9420 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9422 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9426 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9429 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9434 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9438 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9439 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9440 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9442 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9443 has already been set by another thread. */
9444 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9445 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9446 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9447 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9449 /* pr_who exists on:
9452 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9455 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9456 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9458 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9461 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9462 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9464 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9465 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9467 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9468 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9469 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9471 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9472 has already been set by another thread. */
9473 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9474 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9475 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9478 /* pr_who exists on:
9481 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9484 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9485 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9487 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9490 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9493 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9494 note size (ie. data object type). */
9498 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9499 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9500 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9502 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9504 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9506 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9508 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9510 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9511 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9514 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9515 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9516 data structure apart. */
9519 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9521 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9524 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9525 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9529 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9531 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9534 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9535 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9536 contents literally. */
9539 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9541 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9545 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9547 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9551 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9553 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9557 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9559 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9563 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9565 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9569 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9571 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9575 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9577 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9581 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9583 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9587 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9589 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9593 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9595 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9599 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9601 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9605 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9607 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9611 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9613 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9617 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9619 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9623 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9625 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9629 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9631 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9635 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9637 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9641 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9643 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9647 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9649 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9653 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9655 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9659 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9661 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9665 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9667 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9671 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9673 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9677 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9679 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9683 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9685 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9689 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9691 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9695 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9697 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9701 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9703 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9707 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9709 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9713 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9715 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9719 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9721 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9725 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9727 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9731 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9733 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9737 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9739 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9743 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9745 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9748 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9749 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9750 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9751 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9755 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9756 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9757 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9758 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9762 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9763 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9764 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9767 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9770 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9778 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9782 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9788 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9790 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9792 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9794 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9796 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9798 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9799 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9801 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9802 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9803 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9806 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9807 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9809 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9810 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9812 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9813 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9815 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9817 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9821 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9822 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9825 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9826 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9832 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9833 note size (ie. data object type). */
9837 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9838 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9839 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9842 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9843 int n
= strlen (command
);
9845 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9846 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9851 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9853 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9855 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9857 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9858 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9859 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9865 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9867 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9869 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9870 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9872 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9875 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9877 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9880 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9881 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9882 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9886 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9888 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9890 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9892 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9898 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9899 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9900 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9905 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9908 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9910 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9913 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9915 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9916 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9917 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9920 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9922 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9926 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9927 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9928 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9929 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9932 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9933 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9934 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9937 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9939 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9942 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9944 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9945 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9946 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9949 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9951 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9955 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9956 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9957 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9958 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9961 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9962 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9963 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9966 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9968 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9970 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9973 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9980 int is_active_thread
;
9983 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9986 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9989 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9993 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9994 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9995 /* process_info.pid */
9996 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9997 /* process_info.signal */
9998 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10001 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10002 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10003 /* thread_info.tid */
10004 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10006 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10007 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10011 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10013 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10017 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10019 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10020 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10021 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10023 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10024 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10026 if (is_active_thread
)
10027 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10031 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10032 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10033 /* module_info.base_address */
10034 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10035 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10037 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10038 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10042 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10044 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10049 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10050 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10051 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10062 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10064 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10066 switch (note
->type
)
10072 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10073 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10075 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10076 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10081 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10083 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10086 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10088 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10091 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10092 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10094 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10095 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10097 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10098 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10099 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10100 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10104 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10105 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10106 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10107 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10112 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10113 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10114 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10119 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10120 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10121 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10126 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10127 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10128 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10133 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10134 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10135 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10140 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10141 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10142 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10147 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10148 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10149 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10154 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10155 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10156 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10160 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10161 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10162 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10163 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10167 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10168 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10169 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10170 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10174 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10175 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10176 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10177 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10181 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10182 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10183 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10184 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10188 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10189 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10190 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10191 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10195 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10196 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10197 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10198 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10202 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10203 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10204 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10205 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10209 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10210 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10211 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10212 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10216 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10217 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10218 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10219 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10223 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10224 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10225 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10226 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10230 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10231 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10232 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10233 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10237 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10238 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10239 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10240 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10245 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10246 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10247 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10251 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10252 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10253 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10254 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10258 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10259 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10260 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10261 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10265 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10266 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10267 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10268 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10273 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10274 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10275 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10279 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10280 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10281 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10282 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10286 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10287 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10288 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10289 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10293 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10294 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10295 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10296 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10300 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10301 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10302 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10303 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10308 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10309 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10310 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10315 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10316 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10317 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10321 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10322 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10323 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10324 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10328 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10329 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10330 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10331 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10336 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10337 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10338 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10342 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10343 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10344 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10345 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10351 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10352 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10354 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10355 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10361 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10364 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10368 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10375 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10377 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10379 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10382 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10383 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10386 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10387 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10388 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10394 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10396 switch (note
->type
)
10401 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10402 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10404 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10405 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10410 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10412 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10413 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10414 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10416 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10417 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10418 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10420 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10426 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10428 switch (note
->type
)
10431 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10439 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10443 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10446 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10451 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10459 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10460 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10465 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10466 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10470 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10474 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10476 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10479 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10481 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10484 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10487 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10488 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10492 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10498 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10504 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10505 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10506 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10510 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10514 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10515 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10522 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10525 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10526 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10529 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10530 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10531 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10533 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10538 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10542 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10545 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10546 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10547 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10548 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10551 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10552 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10553 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10556 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10557 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10560 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10561 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10564 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10565 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10566 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10570 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10574 switch (note
->type
)
10577 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10578 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10580 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10583 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10586 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10588 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10589 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10590 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10594 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10595 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10598 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10599 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10602 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10603 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10606 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10607 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10609 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10610 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10611 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10615 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10616 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10620 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10628 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10632 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10635 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10642 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10644 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10647 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10649 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10651 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10652 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10653 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10655 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10656 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10657 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10659 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10664 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10668 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10669 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10671 switch (note
->type
)
10673 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10674 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10675 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10676 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10677 creates a core file. */
10678 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10679 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10680 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10681 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10682 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10688 /* As of March 2017 there are no other machine-independent notes
10689 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10690 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10693 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10697 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10699 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10700 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10702 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10703 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10704 switch (note
->type
)
10706 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10707 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10709 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10710 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10716 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10717 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10718 structure which lacks GBR. */
10721 switch (note
->type
)
10723 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10726 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10727 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10733 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10734 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10737 switch (note
->type
)
10739 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10740 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10742 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10743 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10753 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10755 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10758 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10760 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10762 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10763 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10764 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10766 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10767 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10768 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10774 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10776 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10777 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10779 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10780 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10782 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10785 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10786 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10788 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10789 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10791 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10793 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10798 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10799 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10800 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10809 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10811 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10818 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10821 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10824 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10825 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10827 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10828 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10830 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10831 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10833 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10837 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10838 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10839 thread just in case. */
10840 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10841 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10843 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10844 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10846 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10849 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10851 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10855 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10856 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10857 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10859 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10863 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10864 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10872 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10873 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10875 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10878 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10880 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10884 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10885 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10886 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10888 /* This is the current thread. */
10889 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10890 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10895 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10896 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10897 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10898 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10901 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10903 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10904 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10906 static long tid
= 1;
10908 switch (note
->type
)
10910 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10911 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10912 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10913 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10914 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10915 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10916 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10917 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10924 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10930 /* Use note name as section name. */
10931 len
= note
->namesz
;
10932 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10935 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10936 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10938 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10942 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10943 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10944 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10949 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10952 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10956 size of data for note
10958 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10959 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10960 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10961 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10964 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10967 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10975 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10982 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10984 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10986 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10989 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10990 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10991 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10992 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10993 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10994 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10998 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11006 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11016 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11017 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11018 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11019 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11020 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11021 be NULL terminated.
11022 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11023 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11024 the finer control available with later versions.
11025 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11026 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11027 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11028 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11029 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11030 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11031 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11034 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11038 const char *psargs
)
11040 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11042 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11045 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11046 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11051 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11052 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11053 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11055 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11057 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11060 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11063 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11064 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11065 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11066 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11067 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11072 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11074 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11077 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11080 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11081 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11082 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11083 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11084 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11086 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11091 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11092 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11096 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11097 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11098 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11100 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11102 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11104 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11105 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11106 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11110 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11112 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11113 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11114 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11119 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11120 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11121 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11123 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11125 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11127 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11128 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11129 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11133 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11135 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11136 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11137 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11142 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11149 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11151 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11154 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11156 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11161 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11162 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11163 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11165 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11167 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11168 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11169 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11170 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11171 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11172 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11179 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11180 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11181 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11182 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11183 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11184 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11186 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11192 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11194 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11201 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11202 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11204 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11205 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11206 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11207 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11208 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11209 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11210 #if !defined(gregs)
11211 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11212 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11214 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11215 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11218 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11219 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11221 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11223 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11225 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11229 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11230 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11232 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11233 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11234 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11236 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11240 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11241 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11242 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11243 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11251 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11252 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11253 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11254 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11258 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11261 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11264 const void *fpregs
,
11267 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11269 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11273 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11276 const void *xfpregs
,
11279 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11280 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11281 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11285 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11286 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11289 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11290 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11292 note_name
= "LINUX";
11293 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11294 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11298 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11301 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11304 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11305 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11306 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11310 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11313 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11316 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11317 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11318 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11322 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11325 const void *ppc_tar
,
11328 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11329 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11330 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11334 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11337 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11340 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11341 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11342 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11346 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11349 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11352 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11353 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11354 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11358 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11361 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11364 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11365 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11366 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11370 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11373 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11376 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11377 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11378 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11382 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11385 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11388 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11389 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11390 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11394 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11397 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11400 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11401 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11402 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11406 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11409 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11412 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11413 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11414 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11418 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11421 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11424 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11425 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11426 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11430 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11433 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11436 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11437 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11438 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11442 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11445 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11448 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11449 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11450 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11454 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11457 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11460 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11461 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11462 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11466 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11469 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11472 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11473 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11474 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11478 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11481 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11484 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11485 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11486 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11487 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11491 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11494 const void *s390_timer
,
11497 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11498 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11499 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11503 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11506 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11509 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11510 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11511 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11515 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11518 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11521 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11522 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11523 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11527 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11530 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11533 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11534 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11535 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11539 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11542 const void *s390_prefix
,
11545 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11546 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11547 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11551 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11554 const void *s390_last_break
,
11557 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11558 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11559 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11560 s390_last_break
, size
);
11564 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11567 const void *s390_system_call
,
11570 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11571 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11572 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11573 s390_system_call
, size
);
11577 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11580 const void *s390_tdb
,
11583 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11584 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11585 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11589 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11592 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11595 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11596 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11597 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11601 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11604 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11607 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11608 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11609 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11610 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11614 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11617 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11620 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11621 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11622 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11627 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11630 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11633 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11634 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11635 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11640 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11643 const void *arm_vfp
,
11646 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11647 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11648 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11652 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11655 const void *aarch_tls
,
11658 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11659 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11660 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11664 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11667 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11670 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11671 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11672 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11676 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11679 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11682 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11683 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11684 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11688 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11691 const void *aarch_sve
,
11694 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11695 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11696 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11700 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11703 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11706 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11707 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11708 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11712 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11715 const char *section
,
11719 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11720 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11721 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11722 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11723 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11724 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11725 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11726 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11727 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11728 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11729 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11730 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11731 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11732 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11733 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11734 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11735 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11736 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11737 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11738 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11739 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11740 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11741 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11742 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11743 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11744 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11745 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11746 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11747 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11748 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11749 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11750 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11751 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11752 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11753 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11754 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11755 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11756 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11757 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11758 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11759 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11760 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11761 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11762 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11763 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11764 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11765 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11766 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11767 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11768 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11769 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11770 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11771 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11772 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11773 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11774 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11775 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11776 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11777 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11778 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11779 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11780 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11781 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11782 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11783 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11784 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11785 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11786 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11787 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11788 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11789 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11790 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11791 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11792 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11797 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11802 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11803 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11804 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11805 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11808 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11812 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11814 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11815 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11817 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11820 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11822 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11823 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11824 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11827 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11828 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11829 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11831 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11832 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11835 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11842 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11845 const char * string
;
11847 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11851 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11852 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11853 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11854 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11855 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11856 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11857 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11859 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11862 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11864 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11865 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11866 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11868 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11877 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11879 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11882 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11883 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11885 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11891 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11898 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11903 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11906 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11909 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11913 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11914 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11917 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11918 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11928 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11930 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11931 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11932 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11935 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11937 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11939 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11943 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11946 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11947 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11948 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11949 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11951 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11952 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11955 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11959 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11961 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11965 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11966 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11967 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11968 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11973 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11974 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11975 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11976 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11978 return reloc_class_normal
;
11981 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11982 relocation against a local symbol. */
11985 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11986 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11988 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11990 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11991 bfd_vma relocation
;
11993 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11994 + sec
->output_offset
11996 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11997 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11998 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12001 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12002 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12003 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12006 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12007 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12008 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12009 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12010 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12011 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12012 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12015 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12016 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12022 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12023 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12027 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12029 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12030 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12032 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12033 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12034 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12037 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12038 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12039 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12040 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12044 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12045 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12049 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12051 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12052 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12054 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12055 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12058 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12060 /* Reverse the offset. */
12061 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12062 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12064 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12065 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12066 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12067 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
) - offset
);
12073 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12074 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12075 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12076 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12077 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12078 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12080 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12081 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12082 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12083 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12084 the remote memory. */
12087 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12090 bfd_size_type size
,
12091 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12092 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12094 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12095 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12099 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12100 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12101 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12106 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12109 const char *relplt_name
;
12110 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12114 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12120 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12123 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12126 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12129 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12130 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12131 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12132 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12133 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12136 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12137 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12138 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12141 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12145 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12146 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12149 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12150 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12151 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12152 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12154 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12155 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12158 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12160 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12165 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12169 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12170 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12172 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12177 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12178 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12181 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12182 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12183 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12184 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12185 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12186 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12188 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12191 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12192 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12194 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12198 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12199 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12200 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12201 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12204 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12207 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12208 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12215 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12216 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12217 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12218 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12219 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12220 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12221 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12222 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12225 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12227 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12229 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12231 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12232 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12234 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12235 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12236 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12237 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12239 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12240 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12241 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12242 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12244 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12245 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12246 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12247 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12248 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12249 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12258 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12259 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12260 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12263 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12265 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12266 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12269 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12270 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12271 otherwise return zero. */
12274 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12277 bfd_size_type size
;
12279 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12280 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12281 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12284 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12286 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12287 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;